2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.132 2003/03/29 14:02:26 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
10 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
11 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
12 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
13 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
14 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
16 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
17 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
18 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
19 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
20 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
21 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
22 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
23 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
24 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
25 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
26 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
27 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
29 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
30 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
32 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
33 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
35 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
36 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
37 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
38 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
39 text file instead of the database map.
41 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
42 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
43 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
44 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
46 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
47 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
48 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
49 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
51 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
52 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
53 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
54 Stanford University Compilation Group.
55 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
56 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
57 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
58 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
59 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
60 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
61 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
62 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
63 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
64 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
66 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
67 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
68 across various connections. This could cause session
69 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
70 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
71 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
72 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
73 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
74 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
75 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
76 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
78 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
79 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
81 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
82 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
83 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
84 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
85 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
86 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
88 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
89 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
90 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
92 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
93 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
94 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
95 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
96 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
97 to be run even if Runners=0.
98 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
99 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
100 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
101 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
102 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
103 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
104 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
105 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
106 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
107 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
108 by John Majikes of IBM.
109 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
110 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
111 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
112 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
113 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
114 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
115 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
116 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
117 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
118 noted by Matthias Andree.
119 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
120 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
122 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
123 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
124 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
125 an argument, hence the builtin version of
126 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
127 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
128 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
129 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
130 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
131 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
132 of the TrustedBSD Project.
133 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
134 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
135 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
136 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
138 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
139 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
140 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
141 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
142 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
143 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
144 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
145 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
146 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
147 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
148 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
150 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
151 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
152 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
153 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
154 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
155 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
157 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
159 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
160 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
161 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
162 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
163 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
164 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
165 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
166 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
167 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
169 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
170 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
171 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
172 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
178 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
179 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
180 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
181 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
182 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
183 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
184 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
185 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
186 Courtesan Consulting.
187 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
188 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
189 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
190 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
191 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
192 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
193 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
194 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
195 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
196 Earickson of Colby College.
197 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
198 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
199 Courtesan Consulting.
200 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
201 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
202 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
203 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
204 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
205 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
207 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
208 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
209 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
210 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
211 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
212 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
213 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
214 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
215 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
216 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
217 supposed for addresses on the header content.
218 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
220 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
221 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
222 fix from Scott Walters.
223 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
224 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
225 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
226 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
227 NETISO support has been dropped.
228 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
229 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
230 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
231 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
232 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
233 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
234 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
235 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
236 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
237 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
238 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
239 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
240 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
241 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
242 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
243 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
244 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
246 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
247 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
248 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
249 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
250 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
251 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
252 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
253 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
254 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
258 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
259 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
260 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
261 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
262 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
263 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
264 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
265 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
266 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
267 with rogue DNS servers.
268 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
270 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
271 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
273 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
274 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
275 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
276 Polytechnic Institute.
277 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
278 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
280 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
281 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
282 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
283 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
284 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
285 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
286 8.13 will change the default locking method to
287 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
288 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
289 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
290 related programs to match locking techniques.
292 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
293 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
294 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
295 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
296 section of the top level README for more information.
297 Problem noted by lumpy.
298 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
300 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
301 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
302 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
303 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
304 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
306 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
307 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
308 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
309 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
310 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
312 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
313 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
314 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
315 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
316 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
317 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
318 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
319 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
320 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
321 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
322 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
323 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
325 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
326 user who started sendmail.
327 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
328 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
329 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
330 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
331 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
332 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
333 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
334 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
336 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
337 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
338 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
339 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
340 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
341 Charles University in Prague.
342 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
344 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
345 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
346 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
347 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
348 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
349 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
350 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
351 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
352 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
353 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
354 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
355 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
356 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
357 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
358 noted by Bryan Costales.
359 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
360 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
361 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
362 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
363 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
364 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
365 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
367 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
368 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
369 installing the sendmail statistics file.
370 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
371 a user's filter starts other applications.
372 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
373 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
374 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
375 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
376 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
377 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
378 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
379 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
380 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
381 noted by Bryan Costales.
385 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
386 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
387 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
388 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
389 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
390 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
391 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
392 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
393 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
394 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
395 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
396 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
398 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
399 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
400 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
401 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
403 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
404 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
405 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
406 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
407 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
408 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
410 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
411 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
412 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
413 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
414 Northern Illinois University.
415 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
416 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
418 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
419 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
420 Polytechnic Institute.
421 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
422 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
423 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
424 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
425 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
426 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
427 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
428 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
429 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
430 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
431 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
433 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
434 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
435 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
436 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
437 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
438 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
439 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
440 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
441 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
442 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
443 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
444 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
445 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
446 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
447 of Concordia University.
448 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
449 found by Mario Nigrovic.
450 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
451 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
452 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
453 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
454 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
455 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
457 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
458 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
459 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
460 total number of TCP connections.
461 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
462 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
463 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
464 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
465 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
466 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
467 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
469 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
471 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
472 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
473 patch by Bryan Costales.
474 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
475 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
476 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
477 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
478 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
479 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
480 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
481 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
482 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
483 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
484 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
485 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
488 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
490 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
491 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
492 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
494 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
496 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
497 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
498 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
499 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
500 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
501 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
502 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
503 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
505 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
506 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
508 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
509 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
510 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
511 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
512 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
513 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
514 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
515 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
516 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
517 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
518 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
519 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
520 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
521 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
522 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
523 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
524 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
525 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
526 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
527 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
529 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
530 if queue groups are used.
531 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
532 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
533 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
534 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
535 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
536 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
537 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
538 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
539 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
540 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
541 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
542 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
543 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
544 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
545 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
546 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
547 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
548 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
549 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
551 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
552 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
553 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
554 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
555 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
556 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
558 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
559 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
562 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
564 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
565 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
566 at startup, only log an error message.
567 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
568 following -b) has been specified.
569 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
570 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
571 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
572 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
573 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
575 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
576 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
577 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
578 Institute of Mining and Technology.
579 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
580 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
581 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
582 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
583 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
584 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
585 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
586 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
587 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
588 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
589 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
591 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
592 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
594 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
595 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
596 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
597 Meteorological Institute.
598 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
599 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
601 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
602 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
603 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
604 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
605 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
607 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
608 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
610 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
611 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
612 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
613 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
614 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
615 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
616 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
617 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
618 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
620 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
622 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
623 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
624 with servers that do not support realms when using
625 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
626 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
627 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
628 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
629 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
630 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
631 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
632 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
633 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
634 instead of forcing localhost.
635 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
636 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
637 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
638 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
639 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
640 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
641 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
642 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
643 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
644 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
645 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
646 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
647 Compaq Computer Corp.
648 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
649 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
652 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
653 patch provided by HP.
654 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
655 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
656 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
658 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
659 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
660 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
661 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
662 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
663 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
665 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
666 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
667 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
668 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
669 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
671 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
672 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
673 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
674 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
676 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
677 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
678 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
679 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
680 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
681 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
682 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
683 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
684 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
685 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
686 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
688 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
690 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
691 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
693 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
694 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
696 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
697 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
699 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
700 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
701 to free memory twice.
702 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
703 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
705 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
706 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
707 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
708 University of Athens.
710 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
711 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
712 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
716 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
719 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
720 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
721 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
722 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
723 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
724 found by Michal Zalewski.
725 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
726 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
727 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
728 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
729 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
730 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
731 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
732 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
733 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
734 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
735 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
736 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
737 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
738 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
739 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
740 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
741 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
742 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
743 canonical name for a host.
744 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
745 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
746 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
747 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
749 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
750 `uname` does not given complete information.
751 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
753 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
754 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
755 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
756 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
757 Courtesan Consulting.
758 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
759 problems with potential misconfigurations.
760 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
761 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
762 Technology Organisation of Australia.
763 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
764 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
766 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
767 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
768 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
769 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
770 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
772 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
773 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
774 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
786 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
787 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
788 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
789 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
790 default). The installation process tries to install
791 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
792 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
793 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
794 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
795 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
797 GroupWritableForwardFile
798 WorldWritableForwardFile
799 GroupWritableIncludeFile
800 WorldWritableIncludeFile
801 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
802 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
803 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
805 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
806 point where the variable could become overused for more than
807 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
808 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
809 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
810 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
811 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
812 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
813 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
814 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
815 see sendmail/SECURITY.
816 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
817 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
818 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
819 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
821 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
822 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
823 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
824 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
825 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
826 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
827 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
828 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
829 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
830 command has been removed.
831 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
832 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
833 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
834 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
835 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
836 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
837 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
838 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
839 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
841 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
842 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
843 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
844 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
845 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
846 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
847 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
848 creation rather than just before delivery.
849 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
850 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
851 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
852 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
853 preference matches (coattail).
854 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
855 try other MX hosts if available.
856 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
857 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
858 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
859 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
860 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
861 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
862 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
863 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
864 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
865 removed in future versions.
866 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
867 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
868 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
869 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
870 doc/op/op.me for details.
871 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
872 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
873 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
874 of the presented certificate, respectively.
875 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
876 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
877 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
878 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
879 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
880 enough on a per recipient basis.
881 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
883 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
885 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
886 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
887 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
888 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
889 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
890 really required. This change results in a noticable
891 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
892 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
893 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
894 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
895 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
896 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
897 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
898 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
899 command line, then the value also limits the number of
900 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
901 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
903 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
904 system each queue directory resides in.
905 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
906 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
907 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
908 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
909 collected together) to process the same work list at the
911 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
912 active queue runner processes.
913 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
914 runners per queue group.
915 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
916 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
917 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
918 of the queue that match during processing.
919 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
920 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
921 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
922 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
923 persistent queue runner.
924 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
925 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
927 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
928 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
929 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
930 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
931 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
932 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
933 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
934 of the qf file (older entries first).
935 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
936 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
937 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
938 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
939 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
940 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
941 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
942 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
943 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
944 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
945 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
946 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
947 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
948 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
949 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
950 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
951 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
952 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
954 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
955 the number of entries in the queue(s).
956 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
957 and the usual documentation for details.
958 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
959 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
961 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
962 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
963 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
964 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
965 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
966 -r (number of retries).
967 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
968 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
969 and value separated by the given separator.
970 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
972 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
973 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
974 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
975 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
976 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
977 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
978 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
979 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
980 filenames with spaces).
981 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
982 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
983 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
984 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
985 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
986 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
988 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
989 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
990 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
991 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
992 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
993 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
994 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
995 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
996 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
997 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
999 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1000 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
1001 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
1002 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1003 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1004 load average is exceeded.
1005 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1006 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1007 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1008 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1009 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1010 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1011 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1012 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
1014 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1015 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
1016 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1017 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1018 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1019 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1020 for direct (command line) submissions.
1021 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1022 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1023 Hagino of the KAME Project.
1024 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1025 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1026 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1027 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1028 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1029 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1030 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1031 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1033 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1034 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1035 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1036 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1037 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1038 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1039 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1040 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1041 of the Universitat Regensburg.
1042 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1043 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1044 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1045 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1046 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1047 See libsm/index.html for details.
1048 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1049 care of by fork() and exit().
1050 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
1051 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1052 new and old (from new libsm).
1053 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1054 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1055 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1056 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1057 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1058 synchronizations calls.
1059 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1060 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1061 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1062 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1063 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1064 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1066 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1067 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
1068 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1069 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1070 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1071 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1072 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1073 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1074 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
1075 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1076 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1077 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1078 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1079 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1080 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1081 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1082 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1083 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1084 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
1085 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1086 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1087 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1088 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1089 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1091 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
1092 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1093 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1094 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1096 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1097 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1098 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1100 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
1101 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1102 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1103 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
1104 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
1105 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
1106 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1107 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1108 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1110 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1111 the default schema used in the above two items.
1112 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1113 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1114 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1115 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1116 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1117 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1118 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1119 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1120 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1121 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1122 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1123 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1125 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1126 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1127 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1128 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
1129 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1130 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
1131 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1132 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1133 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1134 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1135 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
1136 (verbose) command line option.
1137 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1138 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1139 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1140 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1141 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1142 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1143 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1144 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
1145 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
1146 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1147 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1148 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1149 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1151 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1152 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1153 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1154 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1155 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1157 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
1159 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1160 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
1161 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1162 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1163 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1164 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
1165 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1166 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
1168 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1169 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1170 configurable during compile time. The current values and
1172 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
1173 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1174 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
1175 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
1176 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
1177 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
1178 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1179 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1180 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1181 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1182 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1183 Meteorological Institute.
1184 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1185 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1186 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1187 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1188 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1189 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1190 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1191 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1192 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
1193 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1194 See sendmail/README for further information.
1195 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1196 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
1197 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1198 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1199 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1200 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1201 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
1202 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1203 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1204 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1207 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1208 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
1209 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1210 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1211 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1212 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1213 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
1214 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1215 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1216 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1217 Solaris 8 and later.
1218 Add support for OpenUNIX.
1219 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1220 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1221 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1222 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1223 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1224 temporary lookup failures.
1225 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1226 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1228 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1229 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1231 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1232 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1233 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
1234 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1235 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1236 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1237 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1238 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1239 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1240 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1241 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1242 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1243 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1244 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1245 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1246 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1247 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1248 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1249 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1250 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1251 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1252 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1253 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1254 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1255 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1256 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1257 cf/README for details.
1258 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1259 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1260 University of Maryland.
1261 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1262 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1263 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1264 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1265 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1266 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1267 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1268 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1270 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1271 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1272 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1273 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1274 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1276 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1277 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1278 See cf/README for details.
1279 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1280 temporary lookup failures.
1281 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1282 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1283 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1285 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1286 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1287 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1288 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
1289 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1290 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1291 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1292 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1293 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1294 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1295 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1296 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1297 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
1298 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
1299 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
1300 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1301 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1302 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1303 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1304 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
1306 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1307 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1308 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
1310 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1311 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
1312 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1313 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1314 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
1315 recipients as user unknown.
1316 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1317 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1318 section of cf/README for more information.
1319 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1320 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1321 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1322 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1323 which takes the options as argument and can be used
1324 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1325 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1326 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
1327 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
1328 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
1329 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
1330 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
1331 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
1332 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
1333 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
1334 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
1335 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1336 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1337 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
1338 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
1339 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
1340 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
1341 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1342 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
1343 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
1344 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
1345 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
1346 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
1347 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
1348 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1349 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1350 doc/op/op.me for details.
1351 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1352 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
1353 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1354 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1356 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1357 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1358 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1359 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1360 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
1361 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1362 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1363 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1364 This affects the access database as well as the
1365 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1366 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1367 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1368 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1369 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1370 Mississippi State University.
1371 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1372 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1373 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1374 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1375 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1376 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1377 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1378 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1379 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1380 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1381 systems which don't include cat directories.
1382 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1383 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1384 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
1385 mailbox database type.
1386 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1387 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1388 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
1389 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1390 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1391 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1392 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1393 instead of white space.
1394 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1395 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1396 Meteorological Institute.
1397 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1398 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1399 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1400 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1402 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1403 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
1404 to specify the database and message file since there is no
1405 home directory for the default settings for these options.
1406 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1407 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1408 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
1409 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1416 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1417 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1418 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1420 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1421 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1422 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1423 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1424 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1426 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1427 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1428 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1439 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1440 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1446 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1447 include/sendmail/errstring.h
1448 include/sendmail/useful.h
1449 libsmutil/errstring.c
1450 sendmail/bf_portable.c
1451 sendmail/bf_portable.h
1456 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1457 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1458 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1460 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
1461 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1462 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
1463 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1464 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
1465 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1466 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1467 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
1468 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1469 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1470 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
1472 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
1473 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1475 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
1476 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1477 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
1478 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1479 of SE Netway Communications.
1480 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1481 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1482 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1483 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1484 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
1485 Bosserman of EarthLink.
1486 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1487 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1488 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1489 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1490 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1492 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
1493 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1494 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1495 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1496 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1497 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1498 University at Albany.
1499 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1500 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1501 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1502 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1503 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1504 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1506 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
1507 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1508 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1509 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1510 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1511 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1512 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
1513 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1514 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1515 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1517 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
1518 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1519 corruption and other potential race conditions.
1520 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1521 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
1522 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
1523 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1524 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1525 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1526 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1527 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1528 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1529 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1530 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
1532 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1533 QueueDirectory wildcards.
1534 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1535 the same map again while exiting.
1536 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1537 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1539 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1540 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1541 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1542 Oklahoma State University.
1543 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1544 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1545 InTouch Systems, Inc.
1546 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1547 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1548 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1550 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1551 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
1552 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1553 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
1554 from Werner Wiethege.
1555 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1556 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
1557 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1558 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1559 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1561 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
1562 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1563 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
1564 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1566 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1567 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1568 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1569 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1570 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1571 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1572 Meteorological Institute.
1573 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1574 since it generates random process ids.
1575 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1576 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1577 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1579 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1581 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
1582 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1583 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1584 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1585 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1586 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1587 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1588 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1589 communications consulting gmbh.
1590 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
1591 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1592 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1593 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1594 connection came in from the command line.
1595 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1596 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
1597 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1598 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1599 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1600 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1601 when they were committed.
1602 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1603 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1604 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1605 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1606 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
1607 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1608 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1609 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1611 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1612 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1614 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1615 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1616 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1617 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1619 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1620 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1621 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1623 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1624 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1625 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1626 University of New Brunswick.
1628 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1629 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1630 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1631 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
1632 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1633 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
1634 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
1635 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1636 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1637 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
1638 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1639 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1640 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1641 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1642 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1643 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1644 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1645 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
1646 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1648 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1649 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
1650 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1651 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1652 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1654 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1656 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
1657 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1658 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
1659 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
1660 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1661 Schools" project (IdS).
1662 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1663 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1664 be enabled by compiling with:
1665 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1666 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
1667 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1668 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1669 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1670 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1671 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1672 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1674 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1675 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1676 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1677 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1678 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1679 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1680 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1681 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1683 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1685 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1686 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1687 the Universitat Regensburg.
1688 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1689 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1690 University of Arizona.
1691 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1692 of Collective Technologies.
1693 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1694 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1695 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1697 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1698 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1699 Meteorological Institute.
1700 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
1701 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1702 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1703 Meteorological Institute.
1704 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
1705 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1706 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
1707 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1708 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1709 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1710 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1711 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1712 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1713 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1714 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1715 overall connections, not the number of connections per
1716 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
1719 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1720 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
1721 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1722 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1723 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1724 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
1726 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
1727 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1728 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1729 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1731 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
1732 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1733 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1735 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1736 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1737 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1738 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1739 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1740 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1741 implicitly assume canonical host names.
1742 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
1743 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1744 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1746 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1747 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
1748 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1749 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1750 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
1751 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1753 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
1754 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1755 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1756 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1757 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1758 of Kyoto University.
1759 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
1760 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1761 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1762 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
1764 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1765 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1766 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1767 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1768 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1772 contrib/buildvirtuser
1775 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
1776 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1777 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1778 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1779 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
1780 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1781 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1782 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1783 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1785 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1786 process may close the connection before the child process
1787 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1788 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1789 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1790 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1791 read the LDAP secret from a file.
1792 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1793 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1794 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1795 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1796 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1797 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1799 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1800 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1801 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
1802 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1803 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
1804 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1805 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1806 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
1807 Fournier of Acadia University.
1808 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1809 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
1810 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
1811 one of the others may be able to take over.
1812 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
1813 previous load average query result.
1814 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
1815 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
1816 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
1817 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1818 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
1819 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
1820 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
1821 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
1822 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1823 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
1824 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
1825 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
1826 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
1827 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
1828 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
1829 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
1830 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
1831 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
1832 University of British Columbia.
1834 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
1835 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
1836 override the setting. Suggested by
1837 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
1838 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
1839 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
1840 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
1841 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
1842 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1844 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
1846 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
1847 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
1848 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
1849 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
1850 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1851 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
1852 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
1854 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
1855 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
1856 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
1857 errors in the MAIL address.
1858 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
1859 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
1860 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
1861 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1862 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
1863 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
1864 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
1866 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
1867 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
1868 mailer as described in cf/README.
1869 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
1870 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
1871 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
1872 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
1873 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
1875 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1876 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1877 Meteorological Institute.
1878 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
1879 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
1880 dot as the only character on the line.
1882 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
1884 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
1885 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
1886 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
1887 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
1888 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
1889 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
1890 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
1891 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1892 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
1893 it populates. It is possible that some broken
1894 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
1895 Systems in this category should compile with
1896 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
1897 system and report broken implementations to
1898 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
1899 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
1900 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
1901 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
1902 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
1903 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
1904 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
1905 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
1906 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1907 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
1908 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
1909 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
1910 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1911 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
1913 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
1914 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
1915 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
1916 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
1917 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
1919 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
1921 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
1922 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
1923 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
1925 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
1926 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
1927 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
1928 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
1929 documented, unless a family is specified in a
1930 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
1931 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
1932 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
1933 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
1934 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
1935 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1936 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
1937 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
1938 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
1939 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
1940 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
1941 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1942 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
1943 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
1944 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
1945 of Sun Microsystems.
1946 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
1947 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
1948 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
1949 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
1950 the incoming information in the queue file for later
1952 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
1953 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
1955 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
1956 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
1957 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1958 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
1959 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
1960 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
1961 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
1962 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
1963 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1964 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
1965 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
1966 Hedeland of Ericsson.
1967 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
1968 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
1969 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
1970 of Northern Illinois University.
1971 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
1972 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1973 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
1975 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
1976 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
1977 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
1979 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
1980 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
1981 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
1982 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1983 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
1984 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
1985 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1986 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
1987 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1988 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
1989 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
1990 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
1991 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
1992 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
1993 G. Thomas Consulting.
1994 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
1996 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
1997 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1998 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
1999 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
2000 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2001 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2002 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2003 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2004 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2005 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2006 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2007 University of Mainz.
2008 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2009 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2010 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
2011 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2013 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2014 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
2015 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2016 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2017 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2018 work properly causing problems if the accept()
2019 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
2020 from Tom Moore of NCR.
2021 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
2022 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2023 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2024 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
2025 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2026 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2027 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2028 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2029 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2030 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2031 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
2032 confCACERT CACERTFile
2033 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
2034 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
2035 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
2036 confRAND_FILE RandFile
2037 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
2038 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
2039 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2040 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
2041 cf/README for more information.
2042 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2043 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2044 called due to a STARTTLS command.
2045 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2046 instead of temporary.
2047 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2048 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2049 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2051 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2052 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
2054 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2055 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2056 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2057 University of Maryland.
2058 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
2059 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2060 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2061 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2062 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2063 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2064 of the University of Alberta.
2065 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2066 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2067 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2068 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2069 of X.509 certificates.
2070 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
2071 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2072 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
2073 Universitat Regensburg.
2074 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2075 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2076 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2077 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2078 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2079 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2080 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2081 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2082 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2083 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2084 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2085 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2086 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2087 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2089 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2090 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2092 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2094 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2095 Denman Tire Corporation.
2096 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2097 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2098 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2099 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2100 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
2101 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
2102 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2103 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2105 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2106 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2110 contrib/link_hash.sh
2111 contrib/movemail.conf
2113 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2116 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
2117 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2118 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2119 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2120 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
2121 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2122 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2123 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2127 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
2128 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2129 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2130 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
2131 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2132 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
2133 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2134 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2135 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2136 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2137 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2138 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
2139 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2140 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2141 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
2142 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2143 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
2144 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2145 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2146 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2148 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2149 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2150 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2151 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2152 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2153 Polytechnic Institute.
2154 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2155 discards the message.
2156 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2157 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2158 attempted to the alias.
2159 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2162 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2163 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2164 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
2165 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
2166 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2167 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
2168 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2169 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2170 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2171 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2172 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2173 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2174 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2175 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2177 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2178 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
2179 Courtesan Consulting.
2180 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
2181 Siemens Business Services.
2182 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2183 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2185 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2186 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2187 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2188 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2189 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2190 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2191 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2193 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2194 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2195 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2196 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2197 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2199 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2200 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2202 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2203 for other internal projects but included in the open source
2205 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2206 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2207 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
2208 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2209 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2210 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2212 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2213 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
2214 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2215 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2217 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
2218 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2219 Northern Illinois University.
2220 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2221 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2222 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
2223 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2224 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2225 Polytechnique de Montreal.
2226 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2227 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2228 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2230 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2231 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2233 contrib/converting.sun.configs
2234 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2239 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
2240 *************************************************************
2241 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
2242 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
2243 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
2244 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
2245 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
2246 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
2247 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
2248 * coach, and a friend. *
2250 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
2251 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
2252 * Julie, we miss you! *
2253 *************************************************************
2254 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2255 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2256 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2257 symbolic link target.
2258 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2259 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2260 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2261 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2262 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2263 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2264 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
2265 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2266 version of sendmail.
2267 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2268 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
2269 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2271 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
2272 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
2273 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2274 for easier code sharing among the programs.
2275 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
2276 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2277 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2278 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2279 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2280 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2281 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2282 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2283 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2284 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2285 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2286 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2287 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2288 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2289 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2290 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2291 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2292 now listen on several different ports. Use:
2293 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2294 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2295 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2296 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2297 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
2298 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2299 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2300 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2301 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2302 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
2303 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2304 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
2305 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2306 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2307 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2308 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2309 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2310 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2311 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2313 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2314 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2315 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
2316 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2317 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
2318 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2319 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2320 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2321 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2322 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2324 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2325 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2326 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
2327 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2328 a control socket request.
2329 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2331 Timeout.resolver.retrans
2332 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2333 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2334 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2335 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2336 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2337 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2338 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2339 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2340 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2342 Timeout.resolver.retry
2343 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2344 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2345 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2346 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2347 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2348 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2349 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2350 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2351 query for all resolver lookups except the first
2353 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2354 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
2355 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
2356 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
2357 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
2358 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
2359 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
2360 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
2361 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
2362 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
2363 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2364 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
2365 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
2366 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
2367 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
2368 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
2369 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
2370 Telecommunications Ltd.
2371 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
2372 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
2373 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
2374 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
2376 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2377 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2378 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2379 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2380 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2381 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
2382 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2383 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2384 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2385 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2386 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2387 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2388 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2389 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2390 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2391 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2392 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2393 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2394 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2395 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2397 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2398 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
2399 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
2400 example mailer might be:
2401 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2402 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2403 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2404 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2405 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
2407 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2408 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2409 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2410 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2411 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2413 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2414 body of the original message on delivery status
2416 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
2417 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2418 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2419 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
2420 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2421 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
2422 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
2423 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2424 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
2425 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2426 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
2427 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2428 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
2429 Conwell of Boston University.
2430 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
2431 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2432 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2433 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2435 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2436 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
2437 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2438 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2439 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2440 similar to check_rcpt etc.
2441 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2442 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2443 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2444 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2445 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2446 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2447 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
2448 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2449 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2450 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
2452 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2453 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2454 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2455 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2457 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2458 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2460 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2461 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2462 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2463 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2464 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2465 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2466 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2467 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2468 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2470 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2471 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2472 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2473 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
2474 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2475 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2476 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2477 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2478 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
2479 a denial-of-service attack.
2480 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2481 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
2482 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2484 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2486 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2487 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2488 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2489 directly before the newline.
2490 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2491 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2492 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
2493 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2494 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2495 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
2496 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2497 could not be opened.
2498 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
2499 value of this option is macro expanded.
2500 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2501 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2502 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2503 (along with the already existing macros):
2504 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
2505 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2506 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2507 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2508 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2509 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
2510 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2511 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2512 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2513 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
2514 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2516 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2517 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2518 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2519 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2520 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2521 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
2522 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2523 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2524 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
2525 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2526 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
2527 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2528 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2529 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2530 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2531 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
2532 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2533 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2534 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2535 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
2537 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2538 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
2539 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
2541 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2542 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
2543 of Renaissance Internet Services.
2544 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2545 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2546 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2547 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2548 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2549 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
2550 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2551 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2552 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
2553 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2554 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2555 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2556 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2557 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2558 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2559 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2561 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2562 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2563 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2564 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2565 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2566 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
2567 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
2568 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2569 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2570 David Cooley of Colby College.
2571 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2572 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
2573 already decided the message will be passed to another host
2574 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2575 Buckeridge Young Limited.
2576 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2577 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2578 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
2579 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
2580 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2581 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
2582 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2583 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
2584 of Stanford University.
2585 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
2586 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2587 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2588 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2589 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
2590 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
2591 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2592 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2593 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2594 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
2595 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2596 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
2597 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2598 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2599 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2600 attributes found in the match will be returned.
2601 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2602 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
2603 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2604 comma separated key and value strings.
2605 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2606 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2607 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2608 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2609 a single connection to that host.
2610 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2611 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2613 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2615 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2616 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2617 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
2618 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2619 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2620 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
2621 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2622 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2623 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2624 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2625 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2626 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2627 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2629 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2630 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2631 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2632 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2634 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2635 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
2636 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
2637 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2638 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2639 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2641 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2642 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2644 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
2645 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2646 important if you have large classes.
2647 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2648 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
2649 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2650 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2651 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2652 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2653 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2654 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
2655 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2656 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2657 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
2658 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2659 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2660 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
2661 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2662 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
2663 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2664 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2665 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2666 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2667 determined). For single processor machines, this change
2669 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2670 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2671 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
2672 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2673 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2674 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2675 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2676 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2677 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2678 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2679 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
2680 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2681 connection-based denial of service attacks.
2682 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2684 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2685 information (from= syslog line).
2686 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2688 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2689 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More
2690 information is available at
2691 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark
2692 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2693 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2694 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2695 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2696 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
2697 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2698 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2699 the program as the default user and the default group, not
2700 the forward file user. This change also assures the
2701 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2702 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
2703 Popovici of DNT Romania.
2704 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2705 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
2706 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2707 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2708 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2709 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2710 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2711 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2712 helpful to know the sender of the message.
2713 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2714 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2715 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2716 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2718 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2719 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2720 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2721 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2722 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2723 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
2724 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2725 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
2726 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2727 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2728 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2729 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2730 length before the attempt.
2731 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2732 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
2733 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2734 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
2735 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2736 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2737 host status files, not all files.
2738 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2739 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2740 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2742 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2743 macro map class. This can be used to store information
2744 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2745 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2747 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
2748 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2749 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2750 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
2751 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2752 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2753 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2754 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2756 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2757 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2758 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2759 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2760 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2761 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
2762 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2763 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
2764 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2765 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2766 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2767 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2768 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
2769 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2771 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2772 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2773 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2774 if referencing a named ruleset.
2775 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2776 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2777 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2778 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
2779 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
2780 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2781 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
2782 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
2783 the University of Maryland.
2784 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2785 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2786 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2787 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
2788 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2789 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2791 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2792 but for outgoing connections.
2793 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2794 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2795 a require authentication
2796 b bind to interface through which mail has
2798 c perform hostname canonification
2799 f require fully qualified hostname
2800 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2802 C don't perform hostname canonification
2803 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2804 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2805 h use name of interface for HELO command
2806 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2807 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2808 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2809 Institutes of Health.
2810 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
2811 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2812 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
2813 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
2814 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2815 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
2816 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
2817 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
2818 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
2819 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
2820 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
2821 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
2822 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2823 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
2824 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
2825 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
2826 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
2827 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
2828 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
2829 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
2830 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
2831 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
2832 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
2833 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
2834 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2835 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
2836 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
2837 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
2838 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
2839 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
2841 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
2842 interface address structure when loading the system network
2843 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
2845 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
2846 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
2847 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
2848 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
2849 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
2850 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
2852 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2853 Northern Illinois University.
2854 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
2855 envelope splitting has occurred.
2856 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
2857 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
2858 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
2859 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
2860 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
2861 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2863 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
2864 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
2865 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
2866 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
2867 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
2868 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
2869 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2870 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
2871 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2872 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
2873 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2874 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
2875 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
2876 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
2877 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2878 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
2879 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
2880 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
2881 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2882 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
2883 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
2884 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
2885 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2886 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
2887 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
2888 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2890 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
2891 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
2892 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
2893 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
2894 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
2895 ruleset lines as well.
2896 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
2897 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
2898 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
2899 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2901 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
2902 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
2903 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2904 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
2905 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
2906 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
2907 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
2908 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
2909 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
2910 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
2912 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
2913 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
2914 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
2915 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2916 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
2917 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
2918 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
2919 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
2920 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
2921 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
2922 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
2923 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
2924 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
2925 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
2926 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
2927 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2929 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
2930 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
2931 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
2933 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
2934 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
2935 them in the .cf file.
2936 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
2937 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
2938 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
2939 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
2940 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
2941 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
2942 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
2943 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
2944 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2945 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
2946 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
2947 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
2948 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
2949 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2950 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
2951 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2952 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
2953 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
2954 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
2955 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
2956 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
2957 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
2958 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
2959 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
2960 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
2961 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
2962 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2963 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
2964 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
2965 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
2966 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2967 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
2968 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
2969 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
2970 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
2971 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
2972 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2973 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
2974 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
2975 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
2976 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
2977 don't fail on ANY queries.
2978 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
2979 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
2980 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2981 Northern Illinois University.
2982 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
2983 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
2985 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
2986 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2987 Northern Illinois University.
2988 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
2989 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
2990 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
2992 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
2993 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
2994 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
2995 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
2996 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2997 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
2998 This allows network interface probing to work
2999 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
3001 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3002 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3003 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3005 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3006 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3008 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3009 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3011 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3012 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3013 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3014 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3015 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3016 in building the operating system. Users can
3017 override the defaults by setting confCC and
3018 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3019 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3020 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3021 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3022 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3023 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3024 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3025 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3026 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3027 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3028 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3029 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
3030 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3031 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3032 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3033 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3034 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3035 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3036 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
3037 use that value in conf.h.
3038 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
3040 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3041 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3042 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3044 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
3045 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3047 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3048 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3049 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3051 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3052 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
3053 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3055 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3057 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3058 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
3059 Siemens Business Services.
3060 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3061 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3062 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3063 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
3064 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3065 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3066 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3068 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3069 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3070 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3071 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3072 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3073 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3074 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3076 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
3077 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3078 Technology Information Network.
3079 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
3080 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3081 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3082 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3084 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3085 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
3086 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
3087 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3088 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
3089 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
3091 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3092 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3093 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3094 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3095 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3096 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3097 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
3098 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
3099 Courtesan Consulting.
3100 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3101 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3102 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3103 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3104 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3105 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3107 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3108 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3110 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3111 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3112 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3113 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
3115 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3116 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
3117 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
3118 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
3119 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
3120 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
3121 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
3122 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
3123 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
3124 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
3125 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
3126 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
3127 confPID_FILE PidFile
3128 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
3129 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
3130 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
3131 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
3132 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3133 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3134 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
3135 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3136 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3137 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
3138 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
3139 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3140 which takes the options as argument and can be used
3141 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3142 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3143 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3144 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
3145 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3147 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3148 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3149 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3150 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3151 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
3152 value should be changed with care.
3153 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3154 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3155 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3156 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3158 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3159 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
3161 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3162 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3163 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3164 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3165 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3166 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3167 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3168 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3169 of Northern Illinois University.
3170 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3171 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3172 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3173 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3174 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3176 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3178 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3179 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3180 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3181 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
3182 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3184 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3185 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3186 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3187 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3188 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3189 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3190 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
3191 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3192 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3193 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3194 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
3195 Hubert of University of Washington.
3196 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3197 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
3198 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3199 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3200 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3201 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
3202 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3203 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
3204 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3206 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3207 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3209 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3210 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3211 University and Brian Candler.
3212 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3213 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3214 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3215 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3217 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3218 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3219 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3220 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3221 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3222 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3223 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3224 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3225 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3226 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3227 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3228 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
3229 Willamette Industries, Inc.
3230 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3231 converted to <user@d>
3232 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3233 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3234 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3235 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3237 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3238 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3239 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3241 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3242 be accessed by their numbers).
3243 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3244 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3246 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3247 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3248 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3249 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3250 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3251 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3252 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3253 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3254 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3255 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3256 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3257 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3259 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3260 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3261 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3262 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
3263 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3264 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3265 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3266 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3267 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3268 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3269 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3270 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3271 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3272 University of California at Berkeley.
3273 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3274 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3275 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
3276 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3277 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3279 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3280 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3281 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3283 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3284 be used for building.
3285 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3286 used for a fresh build.
3287 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3288 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3290 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3291 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3292 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3293 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
3295 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3296 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3297 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3298 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3299 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
3300 of Siemens Business Services.
3301 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3302 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3303 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
3305 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3306 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3307 They should contain the C source files for the object files
3308 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
3309 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3310 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3311 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
3312 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3313 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3314 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3315 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
3316 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3317 are in devtools/README.
3318 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3319 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3320 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3321 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
3322 new variable which identifies the root of the source
3323 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3324 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3325 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3327 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3328 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3329 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3330 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3331 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3333 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3334 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3336 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3337 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
3338 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3339 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3340 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3342 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3343 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3344 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3345 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
3346 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3347 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
3348 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
3349 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
3350 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
3351 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
3352 install-strip target.
3353 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
3354 the others (if it exists).
3355 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
3356 then the default ones.
3357 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
3358 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
3359 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
3361 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
3362 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
3363 Northern Illinois University.
3364 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
3365 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
3366 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3367 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
3368 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
3369 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3371 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
3372 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
3373 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3375 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3376 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
3377 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3378 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3379 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3380 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3381 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3383 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3384 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3385 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3386 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3387 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3388 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3389 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
3390 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3391 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3392 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3393 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3394 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3395 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3396 Alcatel Australia Limited.
3397 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3398 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
3399 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3400 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3401 timeout to avoid starvation.
3402 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3403 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3404 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3405 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3406 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3407 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3408 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3410 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3411 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3412 sendmail configuration file.
3413 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3414 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3416 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
3417 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3418 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
3419 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3420 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
3421 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3422 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3423 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3424 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3426 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3427 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3428 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
3429 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3430 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3431 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3432 Institute for Global Communications.
3433 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3434 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
3435 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3436 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3437 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
3438 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3439 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
3440 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3441 of the Institute for Global Communications.
3442 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
3443 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3444 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3445 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
3446 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3448 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3449 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
3450 which execute the actual Build script in
3452 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3453 -mandoc as they were previously.
3454 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3455 of Build will work (unless parameters are
3456 required for Build).
3464 Renamed Directories:
3465 BuildTools => devtools
3469 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3470 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3476 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3477 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3478 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3480 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3481 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3482 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3483 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3487 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3488 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3489 contrib/domainmap.m4
3492 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3494 devtools/M4/string.m4
3495 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3496 devtools/M4/switch.m4
3499 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3500 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3502 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3510 sendmail/bf_portable.c
3511 sendmail/bf_portable.h
3514 sendmail/shmticklib.c
3515 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3521 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3522 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3523 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3524 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3525 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3526 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3527 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3528 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3529 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3531 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3533 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
3534 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3535 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3536 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3537 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3538 Schools" project (IdS).
3539 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3540 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
3541 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
3542 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3543 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3544 when performing the MIME header length check. This
3545 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
3546 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3547 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3548 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3549 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3550 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3551 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3552 ExecPC Internet Systems.
3553 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3554 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3555 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3556 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
3557 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3558 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3559 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3560 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
3561 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3562 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3563 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3564 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3565 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3566 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3567 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3568 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3569 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3570 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
3571 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3574 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3575 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
3576 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3577 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
3578 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
3579 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3580 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3581 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3582 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3583 Technical University of Denmark.
3584 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3585 Supercomputer Center.
3586 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3587 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3588 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3589 of Stanford University.
3590 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3591 between different releases. Back out the
3592 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3593 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3594 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3595 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3596 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3598 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3599 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3600 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3602 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3603 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
3604 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3605 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3606 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
3607 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3608 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
3609 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3610 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3611 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3612 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3613 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3614 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3617 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3618 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3619 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3621 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
3622 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3623 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
3624 for a denial of service attack.
3625 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3626 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3627 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3628 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3630 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3631 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3632 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3633 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3634 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3635 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
3636 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3637 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3639 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3640 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3641 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3642 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3643 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3644 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3645 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3646 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
3647 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3648 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3649 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3650 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3651 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3652 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3653 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3654 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3655 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3656 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3658 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3659 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
3660 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3661 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3662 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3663 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
3664 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3665 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
3666 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3667 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3668 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3669 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3671 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3672 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3673 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3674 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3675 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3676 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3677 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3678 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3679 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3680 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3681 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3682 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
3683 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3685 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
3686 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3687 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3688 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3689 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
3690 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
3691 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3692 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3693 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
3694 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3695 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
3696 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3697 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3698 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
3699 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3700 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
3701 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3702 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3703 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3704 Meteorological Institute.
3705 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3706 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
3707 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3709 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3710 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3711 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
3712 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3713 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3714 reading network interface addresses into
3715 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
3716 Cal State University, Chico.
3717 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3718 from changing the semantics of the compiled
3719 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
3720 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3721 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
3722 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3723 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3724 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
3725 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3726 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3727 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3728 of Sun Microsystems.
3729 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
3730 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3731 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
3733 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
3734 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3735 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
3737 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3738 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3740 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3741 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3743 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
3744 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3745 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3746 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
3747 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3748 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3749 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3750 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
3751 Manawatu Internet Services.
3752 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3753 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3754 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
3755 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3756 of Northern Illinois University.
3757 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
3758 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3760 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3762 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
3763 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3764 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3765 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3766 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3767 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3768 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3769 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3770 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3771 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3772 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3773 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
3774 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3775 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
3776 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3777 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3778 the envelope From header.
3779 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3780 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3781 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3782 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3783 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3784 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3785 Portal Services, Inc.
3786 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3787 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
3789 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3791 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3792 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3793 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3794 contrib/smcontrol.pl
3797 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
3798 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3799 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3800 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3801 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3802 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3803 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3804 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3805 Meteorological Institute.
3806 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3807 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
3808 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3809 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3810 installation commands. The man pages would still be
3811 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
3812 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3813 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
3814 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3815 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
3816 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
3817 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
3818 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
3819 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
3820 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
3821 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
3822 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
3823 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
3824 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
3825 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
3827 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
3828 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
3829 DaveLtd Enterprises.
3830 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
3831 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
3832 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
3833 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
3834 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
3835 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
3836 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
3837 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
3838 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
3839 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
3840 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
3841 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
3842 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
3844 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
3845 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
3846 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
3847 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
3848 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
3849 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
3851 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
3852 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
3853 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
3854 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
3855 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
3857 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
3858 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
3860 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
3861 J. P. McCann of E I A.
3862 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
3864 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
3865 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
3866 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
3867 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3868 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
3869 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
3870 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3871 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
3872 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
3873 would not accept @@hostname.
3874 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
3875 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
3876 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
3877 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
3878 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3880 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
3882 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
3883 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
3884 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
3885 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
3886 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
3887 which need the ability to override security can use the
3888 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
3890 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3891 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3892 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
3893 world writable directories.
3894 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
3895 it is in a world writable directory.
3896 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
3897 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
3898 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
3899 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3900 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3901 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
3902 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
3903 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3904 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
3905 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
3906 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
3907 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
3908 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
3909 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
3910 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
3912 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
3913 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
3914 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
3915 the University of Maryland.
3916 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
3917 of Cal State University, Chico.
3918 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
3919 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
3920 current version of Berkeley DB.
3921 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
3922 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3923 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
3924 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
3926 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
3927 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
3928 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
3930 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
3931 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
3932 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
3933 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
3934 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
3935 mail.local on the F=z flag.
3936 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
3937 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
3938 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
3939 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
3940 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
3941 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
3942 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
3943 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3944 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3945 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
3946 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
3947 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
3948 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3949 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
3950 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
3951 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
3952 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
3953 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
3954 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
3955 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
3956 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
3957 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
3958 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
3959 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
3960 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
3961 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
3963 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
3964 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
3965 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
3966 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
3967 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
3968 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
3969 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
3970 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3971 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
3972 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
3973 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
3974 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
3975 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3976 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
3977 sender for those failures.
3978 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
3979 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
3980 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
3981 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
3983 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
3984 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
3985 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3986 of Procter & Gamble.
3987 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
3988 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
3989 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3990 of Procter & Gamble.
3991 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
3992 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
3993 of system security. This should only be used if you are
3994 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
3995 DontBlameSendmail options are:
3998 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
3999 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4000 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4001 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4002 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4003 GroupWritableAliasFile
4004 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4005 WorldWritableAliasFile
4006 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4007 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4008 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4009 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4010 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4011 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4013 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4014 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4015 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4016 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4017 LinkedMapInWritableDir
4018 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4019 FileDeliveryToHardLink
4020 FileDeliveryToSymLink
4023 WriteStatsToHardLink
4025 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4027 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4028 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
4029 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4030 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4031 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4032 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4033 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4034 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4035 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4036 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4037 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4038 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4039 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4040 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4041 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4042 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4043 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4044 contrast to the success case).
4045 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
4048 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4049 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4050 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4051 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4052 from hiding their connection information in Received:
4054 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4055 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
4056 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4057 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4058 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4059 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
4060 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4061 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
4062 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4063 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4064 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4065 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4066 remote identity can be queried.
4067 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4068 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4069 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
4070 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4071 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4072 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4073 some of the details are determined dynamically via
4074 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4075 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4076 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4077 the new Build method which creates an operating system
4078 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4079 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4080 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4081 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
4082 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4083 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
4084 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4085 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4086 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4087 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4088 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4089 This means that even if only one of the recipients
4090 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4091 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4092 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4093 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
4094 of CNET: The Computer Network.
4095 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4096 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4097 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4098 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4099 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4100 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4101 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4102 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4103 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4104 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4105 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4106 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4107 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4108 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4109 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
4110 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4111 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4112 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4113 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4115 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4117 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4118 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
4119 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4120 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4121 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4122 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4123 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4124 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4126 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
4127 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4128 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4130 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4131 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
4132 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4133 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4134 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4135 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
4136 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4137 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
4139 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4140 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
4141 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
4142 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4143 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4144 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
4145 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4146 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4147 Stratus Computer, Inc.
4148 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4149 currently supported version.
4150 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
4151 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4152 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4153 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4154 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
4155 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4156 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4157 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4158 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4159 message in error bounces.
4160 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4161 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4162 Digital Equipment Corporation.
4164 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4165 of Kyoto University.
4166 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
4167 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4169 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4170 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4172 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4173 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4174 the University of Maryland.
4175 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4176 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4177 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4178 Meteorological Institute.
4179 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4180 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4181 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4182 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4183 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4184 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4185 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
4186 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
4187 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4188 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4189 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
4190 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4191 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4192 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
4194 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4195 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4196 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
4197 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4198 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4199 directory for certain programs.
4200 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4201 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4202 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4203 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
4204 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4205 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4206 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
4207 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
4208 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4209 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4210 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4211 the user to setup different .forward files for
4212 user+detail addressing.
4213 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4214 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4215 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4216 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4217 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4218 outside your domain).
4219 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4220 any site to any site.
4221 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4222 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4223 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4224 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4225 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4226 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
4227 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4228 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
4229 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4230 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4231 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4232 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4233 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4234 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4235 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4237 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
4238 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
4239 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4240 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4241 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
4242 needed for most installations.
4243 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4244 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
4245 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4246 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4247 the University of Maryland.
4248 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4249 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4250 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4251 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4252 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4253 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4254 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4255 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4256 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4257 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4258 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4259 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
4260 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4261 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
4262 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4263 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4264 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4265 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
4266 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
4267 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
4268 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4269 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4270 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4271 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4272 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4273 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
4274 above for more information.
4275 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4276 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4277 Meteorological Institute.
4278 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4279 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4280 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
4281 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
4282 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4283 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4284 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4285 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4286 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4287 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4288 MustQuoteChars respectively.
4289 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
4290 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4291 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
4292 CMU (now of Netscape).
4293 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4294 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
4295 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
4296 read mail.local/README.
4297 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4298 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4299 University of Maryland.
4300 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4302 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4303 Meteorological Institute.
4304 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4305 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4306 University of Maryland.
4307 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4308 such as linked files in world writable directories.
4309 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4310 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4311 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
4312 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4314 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
4315 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4316 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4318 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4319 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4320 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4322 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4323 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4324 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4325 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4326 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4327 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4328 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4329 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4330 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4331 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4332 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4333 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4334 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4335 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4336 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4338 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4339 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4341 BuildTools/Site/README
4342 BuildTools/bin/Build
4343 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4344 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4345 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4348 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
4349 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
4350 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
4351 cf/feature/access_db.m4
4352 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
4353 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
4354 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
4355 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
4357 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
4358 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
4359 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
4360 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
4362 contrib/doublebounce.pl
4364 mail.local/Makefile.m4
4367 mailstats/Makefile.m4
4371 praliases/Makefile.m4
4381 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4383 mail.local/Makefile.dist
4385 mailstats/Makefile.dist
4387 makemap/Makefile.dist
4389 praliases/Makefile.dist
4394 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4395 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4396 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4397 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4400 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4401 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4402 src/READ_ME => src/README
4404 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
4405 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4406 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4407 Meteorological Institute.
4408 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4409 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
4410 Arseneault of SRI International.
4411 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4412 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4413 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4414 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4415 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4416 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4417 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
4418 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
4419 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4420 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4421 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4423 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4424 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4425 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4426 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4427 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4428 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4429 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4430 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4431 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
4432 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4433 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4434 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4435 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4436 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4437 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4438 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
4439 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4440 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4441 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
4442 results during a single message processing (but would
4443 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
4444 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4445 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4446 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4447 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4448 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4449 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4450 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4451 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4452 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4453 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
4454 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4455 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4456 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4457 and the inability to save a bounce message to
4458 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4459 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4460 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4461 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4463 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
4464 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4465 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4466 could cause confusing error messages.
4467 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4468 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
4469 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4470 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4472 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
4473 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4474 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4475 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4476 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4477 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4478 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4480 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4481 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
4482 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4483 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4484 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4485 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4486 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4487 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4489 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4490 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4491 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4492 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4493 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4494 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4495 RUS University of Stuttgart.
4497 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4498 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
4499 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
4500 of Stanford University.
4501 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4502 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
4503 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4505 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4506 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4507 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4508 Electronic Data Systems.
4509 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
4510 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4511 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4512 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4513 loader environment variables into the loader memory
4514 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
4515 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4516 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4517 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
4518 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4519 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4520 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4521 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
4522 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4523 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
4524 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4525 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
4526 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4527 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4528 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4529 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4531 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4532 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4533 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4534 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
4535 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4536 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4538 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4539 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4540 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4543 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
4544 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4545 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4546 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4547 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4548 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4550 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4551 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
4552 of Technology, Stockholm.
4553 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4554 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4555 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4556 that these routines are included as though they were in the
4557 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4558 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4559 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4560 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4561 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4562 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4563 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
4564 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4565 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4566 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
4567 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4568 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
4569 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4570 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4571 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4572 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
4573 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4574 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4575 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4576 have to assume that the information is good.
4577 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4579 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4580 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4581 errors during testing.
4582 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4583 printed in the error message.
4584 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4585 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4586 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4587 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4588 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4589 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4590 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4591 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4592 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4593 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
4594 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4595 runner runs during a critical section in another message
4596 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4598 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4599 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4600 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4601 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
4602 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4603 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4604 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4605 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4606 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4607 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4608 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4609 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4610 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4611 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
4612 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4613 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4614 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4616 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4617 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4618 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4619 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
4620 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4621 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4622 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4623 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
4624 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4625 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4626 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
4628 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4629 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
4630 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4631 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4633 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4634 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
4635 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4637 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
4638 of Argonne National Laboratory.
4639 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4640 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4641 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
4642 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4643 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4645 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4646 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4647 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4648 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4649 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4650 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4652 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
4653 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4654 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
4655 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4657 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4658 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4659 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
4660 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
4661 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4662 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4663 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4664 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4666 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4667 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
4668 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4669 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4670 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4671 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4672 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4673 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4675 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4676 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
4678 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
4679 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4680 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4681 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4682 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4683 changed after open".
4684 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
4686 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4688 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4689 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4691 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4695 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
4696 *************************************************************
4697 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
4698 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
4699 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
4700 * continued sendmail development. *
4701 *************************************************************
4702 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4703 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4704 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
4705 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4706 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4707 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
4708 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4709 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
4710 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4711 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
4712 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4713 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4714 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
4715 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4716 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4717 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4718 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4719 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4720 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4721 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4722 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4723 another database; this can be used either to expose
4724 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4725 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4726 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
4727 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4728 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4729 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4730 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
4731 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4733 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4734 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4735 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
4736 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
4737 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4738 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4739 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4740 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4741 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4742 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4743 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4744 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4745 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4746 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4747 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4748 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4749 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4750 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4751 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4752 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4753 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
4754 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4755 NFS-mounted filesystems.
4756 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4757 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4758 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4759 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4760 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
4761 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4762 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4763 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
4764 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4765 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4766 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4768 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4769 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
4771 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4772 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
4773 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4774 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4775 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4776 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4777 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4778 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
4779 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4780 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4781 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4783 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4784 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
4785 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4786 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4787 too large) don't send the bogus message.
4788 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4789 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
4790 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4791 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4792 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
4793 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4794 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4795 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
4797 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4798 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
4800 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4801 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4802 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4803 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
4804 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
4805 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4806 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4807 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4808 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4809 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4811 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
4812 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
4813 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
4815 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
4816 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
4817 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
4818 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4819 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
4820 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
4821 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
4822 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
4823 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
4825 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
4826 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
4828 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
4829 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
4830 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4831 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
4832 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
4833 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
4834 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
4835 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
4836 erroneous results during a single message processing
4837 (but would recover when the next message was received).
4838 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
4839 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
4840 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
4841 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
4842 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
4843 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
4844 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
4845 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
4846 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
4847 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
4848 address as "may be forged".
4849 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
4850 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
4851 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
4852 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
4853 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
4854 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
4856 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
4857 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
4858 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
4859 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
4860 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
4861 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
4862 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
4863 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
4864 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4866 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
4867 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
4868 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
4869 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
4870 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
4871 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
4872 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
4873 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
4874 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
4875 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
4876 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
4878 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
4879 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
4880 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
4881 John Beck of SunSoft.
4882 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
4883 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
4884 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
4885 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
4886 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
4887 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
4888 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
4889 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
4890 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
4891 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
4892 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
4894 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
4895 on some architectures.
4897 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
4898 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
4899 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
4900 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
4901 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
4903 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
4904 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
4905 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4906 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
4907 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
4908 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
4909 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
4910 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
4911 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
4912 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4913 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
4914 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
4915 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
4916 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
4917 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
4919 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
4921 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
4922 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
4924 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
4925 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4926 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
4927 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
4929 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
4930 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
4931 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4932 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
4933 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
4934 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4935 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
4936 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
4937 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4938 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
4939 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
4940 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4941 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
4942 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
4943 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
4944 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
4945 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
4946 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
4947 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
4948 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4949 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
4950 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
4951 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
4952 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
4953 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
4954 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
4955 was specified, even when it wasn't.
4956 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
4957 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
4958 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
4959 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
4960 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
4961 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
4962 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
4963 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
4964 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
4965 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
4966 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
4968 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
4969 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
4970 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4971 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
4972 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
4973 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
4974 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
4975 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
4977 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
4978 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
4979 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
4980 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
4981 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4982 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
4983 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
4984 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
4985 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
4986 for system accounts.
4989 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
4991 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
4992 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
4993 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
4995 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
4996 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
4998 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
4999 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
5000 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5001 even if RunAsUser is specified.
5002 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
5003 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5004 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5005 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5006 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5007 University of Pennsylvania.
5008 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5009 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
5010 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5011 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5012 was unnecessarily awful.
5013 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5014 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5015 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5016 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5017 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5018 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5019 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5020 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5021 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5022 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5023 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5024 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5025 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
5026 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5027 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5028 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5030 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5031 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
5032 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5034 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5035 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5036 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
5037 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
5038 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5039 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5040 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5041 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5042 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5043 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5044 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5045 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
5046 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5047 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
5049 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5050 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5051 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5052 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
5053 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5054 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5055 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5056 The current values and defaults are:
5057 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5058 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
5059 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
5060 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
5061 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5062 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5063 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5064 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5065 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
5066 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5067 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5068 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5069 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5070 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5071 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
5073 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5074 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5075 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5076 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5077 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5078 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5079 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5080 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5081 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5082 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5083 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5084 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5086 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5087 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5088 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5089 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5090 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
5091 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5092 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5093 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5095 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5096 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5097 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5098 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5099 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5100 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5101 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5103 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5104 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5105 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5106 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5107 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5108 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5109 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5110 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
5111 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5112 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5114 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5115 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
5116 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5117 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5118 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
5119 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5120 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5121 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
5122 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5123 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5124 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5125 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
5126 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
5127 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
5128 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5129 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5130 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5131 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5132 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
5133 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5134 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5135 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5136 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5137 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5138 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5139 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5142 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
5143 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5144 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5145 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
5146 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5147 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
5148 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
5149 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5150 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5151 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5152 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
5153 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5154 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
5155 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
5156 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5157 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5158 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5159 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5160 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
5161 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5162 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5163 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5164 Problem noted by several people.
5165 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5166 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5167 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
5169 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5170 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5171 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5172 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5173 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5174 of Best Internet Communications.
5175 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
5176 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5177 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5178 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5179 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5180 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5181 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5182 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5183 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
5184 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5185 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5186 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5187 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5188 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5189 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5190 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
5192 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
5193 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5194 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5195 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5196 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
5197 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
5198 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5199 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5200 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5201 of Kyoto University.
5202 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5203 conditions from Don Lewis.
5204 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5205 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5206 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5207 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
5208 patch from Bryan Costales.
5210 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5211 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
5212 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
5213 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5214 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5215 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
5216 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5217 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
5218 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5219 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
5220 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5222 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5224 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5225 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5226 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5227 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5228 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5229 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
5230 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5231 than one long one. By popular demand.
5232 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
5233 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5234 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5235 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5236 of NTT Software Corporation.
5237 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5241 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
5242 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5243 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
5244 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5245 best-of-security list.
5246 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5247 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5248 should make it clearer to people that they are running
5250 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5251 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5252 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5253 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
5254 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5255 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5256 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5257 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
5258 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5259 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5260 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5261 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5262 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5263 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
5264 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5265 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5266 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5267 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5268 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
5270 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
5271 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5272 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5273 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5274 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5275 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5277 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5278 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5279 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5280 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
5281 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5282 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5283 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5284 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
5285 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5286 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
5287 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5288 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5289 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5290 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5291 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5292 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5293 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5294 University of Linkoping.
5295 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5296 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
5297 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5298 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5299 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5300 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5301 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5303 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5304 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5305 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5306 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5307 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
5308 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
5309 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5311 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5312 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5313 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
5314 HÃ¥kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5315 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5316 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5317 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5318 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5319 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5320 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5321 The outline of the implementation was contributed
5322 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5323 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5324 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5325 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5326 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5327 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
5328 Earickson of Colby College.
5329 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
5330 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5331 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5333 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5334 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
5335 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5336 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5337 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5338 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
5339 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5340 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5341 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5342 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5343 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5344 University of Washington, Seattle.
5345 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5346 Polytechnic Institute.
5347 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
5348 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
5350 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
5352 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
5354 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
5355 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
5356 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
5358 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
5359 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
5360 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
5361 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
5362 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
5365 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
5366 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
5367 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
5368 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
5369 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
5370 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
5371 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
5372 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
5374 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
5375 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5377 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
5378 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5379 on illegal host names.
5380 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5381 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5382 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
5383 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5384 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5385 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5386 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5387 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5388 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5389 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5390 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
5391 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5392 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5393 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5394 University of Leicester.
5395 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5396 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5397 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5398 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
5399 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5400 University of Washington.
5402 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
5403 people pointed this out.
5404 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5405 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5406 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5407 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5408 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5409 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5410 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5411 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5413 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
5414 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5415 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
5416 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5418 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
5419 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5420 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5421 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5422 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
5423 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5424 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
5425 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5426 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
5427 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5428 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5429 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5430 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5431 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5433 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5434 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5435 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5436 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5437 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5438 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
5439 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5440 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5441 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5442 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
5443 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5444 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5445 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5446 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
5447 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5448 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5449 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5450 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5452 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5453 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5455 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5456 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5457 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5458 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5459 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
5460 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5461 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5462 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5463 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5464 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5465 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5466 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5467 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5469 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5470 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5471 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5472 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5473 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
5474 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5475 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5476 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
5477 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5478 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
5479 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5480 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5481 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5482 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
5483 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5484 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5485 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5486 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5487 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5489 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5490 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
5492 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5493 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5494 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
5495 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5496 there should be no security implications. Implementation
5497 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
5498 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5499 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5500 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5501 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
5502 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5503 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5504 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5506 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5507 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5508 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5509 University of Maryland.
5510 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
5511 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5512 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5513 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5514 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5515 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
5516 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5517 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5518 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5519 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
5520 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5521 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
5522 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
5523 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5524 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
5525 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
5526 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5527 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5528 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5529 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
5531 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5532 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5533 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
5534 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5535 is for incoming connections only.
5536 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
5537 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5538 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
5539 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
5540 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5541 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5542 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5543 (e.g., due to connection caching).
5544 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5545 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5546 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5547 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
5548 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5549 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5550 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5551 that take a very long time to run.
5552 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
5553 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5554 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5555 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5556 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
5557 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5558 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5559 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5560 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5561 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5562 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
5564 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5565 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5567 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5568 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5569 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5570 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5571 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5572 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5573 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5574 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5575 different for this case.
5576 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5577 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5578 of Stanford University.
5579 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5580 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5581 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
5582 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5583 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5584 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
5585 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5586 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5587 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
5588 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5589 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5590 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5591 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
5592 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5593 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5594 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5595 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5596 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5597 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5599 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5600 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5601 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
5602 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5603 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5604 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
5605 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5606 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5608 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5609 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5611 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5612 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5613 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5614 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
5615 either of these in their configuration file.
5616 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5617 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
5618 St. Peter's College.
5619 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5620 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
5621 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5622 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5623 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
5624 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5625 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5626 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
5627 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5629 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5630 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5631 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
5632 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5633 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5634 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
5635 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5636 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5637 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5638 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5640 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5641 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5642 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5643 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5644 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5645 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5646 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5647 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5648 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5649 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5650 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5652 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
5653 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5654 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5655 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5656 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5658 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
5659 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5660 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5661 See also the src/READ_ME file.
5662 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5663 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
5664 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5665 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5666 two characters $, +.
5667 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5669 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5670 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5671 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5673 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5674 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
5676 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5677 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5678 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
5679 Beck of InReference, Inc.
5680 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5681 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5682 Computing Corporation.
5683 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5684 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5685 Internet Communications.
5686 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5687 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5688 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5690 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
5691 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5692 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5693 of the University of Iceland.
5694 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5695 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5696 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5697 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
5698 this change is a no-op.
5699 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
5701 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
5703 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5704 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
5705 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5706 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5707 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
5708 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5709 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5710 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5711 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
5712 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5713 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5714 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
5715 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
5717 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5718 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
5719 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5720 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5721 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5722 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
5723 easily determine what messages are to their role as
5724 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
5725 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5726 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5727 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
5728 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5729 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5730 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5731 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
5732 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5733 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
5734 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5735 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
5736 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
5737 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5738 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5739 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
5740 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
5741 of Stanford University.
5742 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5743 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
5744 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5745 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5746 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5747 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5748 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5749 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5750 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5751 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5752 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
5753 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
5754 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5755 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
5757 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5758 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5759 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
5760 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5761 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
5762 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5763 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
5764 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
5765 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
5766 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
5767 value is ".hoststat".
5768 There are also two new operation modes:
5769 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5771 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
5772 recent status information.
5773 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5774 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5775 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5776 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5777 framework is gratefully appreciated.
5778 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5779 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5780 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5781 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5782 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5783 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5784 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5785 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5786 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5787 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
5788 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5789 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5790 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
5792 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5793 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5794 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5795 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5796 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5797 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5798 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5799 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5800 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5801 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5802 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5804 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5805 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5806 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
5807 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5808 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5809 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5810 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
5811 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
5812 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
5813 of Washington, Seattle.
5814 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
5815 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
5816 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
5817 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
5818 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
5819 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
5820 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
5821 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
5822 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
5824 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
5825 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
5826 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
5827 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
5828 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
5829 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
5830 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
5831 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
5832 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
5834 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
5835 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
5836 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
5837 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
5838 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
5839 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
5840 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
5841 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
5842 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
5843 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
5844 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
5845 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
5846 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
5847 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
5848 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
5849 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
5851 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
5852 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
5853 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
5854 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
5855 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5856 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
5857 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5858 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
5859 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
5860 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
5861 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
5862 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
5863 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
5864 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
5865 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
5866 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
5867 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
5868 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
5869 National University of Singapore.
5870 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
5871 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
5872 system can't cope with.
5874 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
5875 Atlas International.
5876 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
5878 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
5879 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
5880 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
5881 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
5882 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
5883 Bernstein and Associates.
5884 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
5885 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
5886 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
5887 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
5888 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5889 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
5890 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
5891 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
5892 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
5893 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5894 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
5895 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
5896 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
5897 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5898 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
5899 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5901 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
5902 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
5903 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
5904 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
5905 Employment Standards Administration.
5906 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
5907 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
5909 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
5910 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
5911 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
5912 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
5913 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
5914 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
5915 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
5916 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
5917 of the University of Arizona.
5918 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
5919 Vanderbilt University.
5920 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
5921 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
5922 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
5923 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5924 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
5925 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5926 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
5927 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
5928 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
5930 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
5931 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
5932 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
5933 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
5935 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
5936 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
5937 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
5938 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
5939 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
5940 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
5941 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
5942 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
5943 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
5944 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
5945 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
5946 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
5947 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
5948 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
5949 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
5950 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
5951 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
5952 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5953 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
5954 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
5955 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
5956 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
5957 info@foo.com foo-info
5958 info@bar.com bar-info
5959 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
5960 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
5961 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
5962 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
5963 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
5964 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
5965 a great many people.
5966 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
5967 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
5968 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
5970 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
5971 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
5972 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
5973 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
5974 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
5975 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
5976 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
5977 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
5978 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
5979 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
5980 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
5981 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
5982 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
5983 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
5984 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
5985 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
5986 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
5987 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
5988 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
5990 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
5991 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
5992 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5993 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
5994 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
5995 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
5996 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
5997 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
5998 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
5999 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6000 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6001 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6002 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6003 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
6005 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6006 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6007 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6008 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6010 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6011 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
6012 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6013 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6014 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6015 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6016 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
6017 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6018 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6019 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6020 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6021 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6022 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6023 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
6025 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6026 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6027 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6028 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6030 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6031 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6032 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6033 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6034 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6035 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6036 mailstats/mailstats.8
6037 praliases/praliases.8
6038 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6039 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6040 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6041 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6042 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6046 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6048 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6050 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6054 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6055 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
6056 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
6057 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6058 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6060 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
6061 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6062 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6063 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
6064 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6065 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6066 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6067 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
6068 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6070 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
6071 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6072 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6073 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6074 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6075 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6078 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
6079 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6080 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6081 any user (except root).
6082 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6083 version number is unchanged.
6085 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
6086 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6087 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
6088 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6089 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6090 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
6091 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6092 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6093 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
6096 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6097 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6098 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
6099 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6100 Stanford University.
6101 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6102 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6104 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
6105 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6106 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
6107 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6108 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6109 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6110 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
6111 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6112 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
6113 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6114 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6115 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6116 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
6118 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6119 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6120 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6121 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6122 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6123 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6124 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6125 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
6126 bounces when it should have requeued.
6127 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6128 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6129 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
6130 John Hawkinson of Panix.
6131 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6132 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6133 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6134 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
6135 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
6136 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6137 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6139 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
6140 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6141 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6142 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
6143 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6144 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6145 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6146 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6147 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6148 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6149 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6150 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
6151 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6152 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6154 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6155 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6156 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6157 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6158 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6159 included even if the user did not request success notification,
6160 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6161 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6162 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6163 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6164 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
6165 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6166 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
6168 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6169 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
6170 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6171 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6172 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6173 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6174 Technological University.
6175 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6176 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
6177 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6178 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6179 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
6180 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6181 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6182 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6183 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6184 to have the database format of the alias files without the
6185 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6187 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6188 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6189 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6190 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6191 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6193 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6194 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
6195 Association for Progressive Communications.
6196 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6197 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6198 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6199 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6200 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
6201 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6202 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6204 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6205 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
6206 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
6207 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6208 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6209 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6210 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
6211 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6212 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
6213 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6215 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6216 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
6217 James B. Davis of TCI.
6218 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
6219 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6220 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6221 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
6222 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6223 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6224 isn't supported on all compilers.
6225 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6226 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6227 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6228 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6229 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6230 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6231 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6233 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6234 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6235 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6236 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
6237 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6238 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6239 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
6240 for different files.
6241 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
6242 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6243 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6244 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6245 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6248 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
6249 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6250 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6251 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
6252 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6253 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6254 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6255 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6256 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6257 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6258 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6259 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6260 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
6261 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6262 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6263 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6264 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6265 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6266 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
6267 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6268 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6269 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6270 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6271 results. This could have security implications.
6272 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6273 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6274 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6275 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6276 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
6277 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6278 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
6280 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
6281 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6282 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6283 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6284 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6285 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6286 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
6287 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6288 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6289 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
6290 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
6291 domain names are your friends.
6292 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6293 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6294 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6295 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6296 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6297 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
6298 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6299 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6301 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6302 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6303 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6304 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6307 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6308 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
6309 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6310 file and SGI standards. From Andre
6311 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6312 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6313 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6314 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6315 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6316 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6317 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
6318 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6319 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6320 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6321 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6322 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6323 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6324 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6325 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6326 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6327 Infobiogen (France).
6329 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6330 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6331 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6334 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6335 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6336 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6337 Global Communications.
6338 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6339 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6340 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6341 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
6342 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6343 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
6344 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6345 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6346 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6348 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
6349 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
6350 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
6351 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
6352 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
6353 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
6354 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
6355 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
6356 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
6358 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
6359 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
6360 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
6361 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
6362 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6363 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
6364 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
6365 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
6366 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
6367 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
6368 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
6369 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6370 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
6371 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
6372 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
6373 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6374 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
6375 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6376 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6377 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6378 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6379 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
6380 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6381 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6382 Swarthmore University.
6383 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6384 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6385 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6386 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6388 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6389 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6391 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6392 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6393 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6394 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6395 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6396 and the parsed address.
6397 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6398 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6399 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
6400 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6401 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
6402 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6404 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6406 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6407 `mapname' and return the result.
6408 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6409 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6410 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6411 the header for envelope sender information and uses
6412 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
6413 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6414 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6416 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6417 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6418 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
6419 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6420 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6421 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6422 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6423 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6424 of Michigan Technological University.
6425 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6426 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6427 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6428 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
6429 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
6430 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6431 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
6433 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6434 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6435 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
6436 the error message. It was especially weird because it
6437 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6438 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
6439 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6440 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6441 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
6442 should have minimal impact on external function.
6443 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6444 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6446 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6452 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6453 C CheckpointInterval
6455 D AutoRebuildAliases
6468 k ConnectionCacheSize
6469 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
6496 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6497 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6498 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
6501 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
6502 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6503 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6504 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6505 specify "V6" in the configuration.
6506 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6507 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6508 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6509 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
6510 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6511 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6512 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6513 This requires config file support to get right. It does
6514 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6515 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6516 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6517 A Addresses are aliasable.
6518 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6519 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
6520 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6521 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6522 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6523 recipient mailer flags.
6524 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6525 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6527 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6528 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6529 : Check for :include: on this address.
6530 | Check for |program on this address.
6531 / Check for /file on this address.
6532 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
6533 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
6534 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6535 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6536 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6537 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6538 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6539 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
6540 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6541 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6542 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
6543 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6544 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
6545 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6546 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6547 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6548 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6549 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6550 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
6551 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6552 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6553 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
6554 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6555 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6556 (essentially, the full MIME option).
6557 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6558 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6559 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6560 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
6562 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6564 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6565 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6566 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6567 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6568 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6569 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6570 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
6571 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6572 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
6573 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6574 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
6575 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6576 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6577 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6578 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6579 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
6580 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6581 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6582 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6583 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6584 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6585 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
6586 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6587 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6588 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
6589 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6590 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6591 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6593 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6594 fashion as the U= mailer option.
6595 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6596 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
6597 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6598 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6599 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6600 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6601 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
6602 from Chip Rosenthal.
6603 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6606 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6607 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
6608 set them both the preferred new syntax is
6609 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6610 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6611 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6612 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6613 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
6614 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6615 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
6616 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6617 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6618 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
6619 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6620 contribution was to make it configurable).
6621 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6622 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6623 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6624 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6625 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6626 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6627 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6628 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6629 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6631 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6633 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6634 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6635 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6636 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6637 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6638 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
6639 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6640 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6641 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
6642 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6644 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6645 :include: and .forward files.
6646 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6647 key field name, the value field name, and the field
6648 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
6649 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6650 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6651 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6652 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6653 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6654 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
6656 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
6657 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
6658 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
6659 Hutton of Indiana University.
6660 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
6661 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6662 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6663 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
6664 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
6665 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6666 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
6667 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6668 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6669 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6670 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6672 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
6673 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6674 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
6675 are from sysexits.h.
6676 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6677 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
6680 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6681 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6682 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6683 map2 is searched and the value returned.
6684 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
6685 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6686 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
6687 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6688 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6689 For example, if the declaration of the map is
6690 Ksample switch hosts
6691 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6692 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6694 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6695 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6696 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
6697 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6698 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6699 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
6700 the -m (matchonly) flag.
6701 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6702 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
6703 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6704 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6705 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6706 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
6707 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6708 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
6709 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6710 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6711 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6712 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6713 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6714 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
6715 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6716 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6717 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6718 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6719 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6720 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6721 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6722 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6723 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6724 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
6725 an /etc/hosts entry reads
6726 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6727 this change will use the second name as the canonical
6728 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6729 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6730 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6731 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6732 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6733 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
6734 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6735 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6736 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6737 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
6738 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6739 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6740 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
6741 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6742 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6743 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6744 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6745 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6746 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6747 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6748 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6749 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6750 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6751 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6752 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6753 much longer than the specified timeout.
6754 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6755 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6756 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6757 denial-of-service attack.
6758 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6759 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6760 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6761 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
6762 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6763 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6764 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6765 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
6766 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6767 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
6768 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6769 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6770 actually file lookups.
6771 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6772 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6773 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
6774 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6775 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6776 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
6777 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6778 support for them has been removed.
6779 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6780 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6781 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6782 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6783 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6784 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
6785 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6786 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6787 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
6788 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6789 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6790 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6791 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6792 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6793 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6794 also improves the connection cache utilization.
6795 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6796 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
6797 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6798 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6799 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6800 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
6801 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6802 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
6803 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6805 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6806 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
6807 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6808 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
6809 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6810 option can give the network software time to establish
6811 the link. The default units are seconds.
6812 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
6813 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
6814 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
6815 Defense Information Systems Agency.
6816 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
6817 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
6818 the National Computer Security Center.
6819 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
6820 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
6821 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
6822 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
6823 the mailprio scripts (see below).
6824 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
6825 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
6826 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
6827 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
6828 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
6829 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
6830 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
6831 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
6832 University Computing Service.
6833 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
6834 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
6835 the University of Kentucky.
6836 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
6837 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
6838 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
6839 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
6840 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
6841 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
6842 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
6843 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
6845 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
6846 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
6847 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
6848 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
6849 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
6850 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
6851 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
6852 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
6853 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
6854 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
6855 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
6856 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
6857 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
6858 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
6859 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
6860 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
6861 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
6862 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
6863 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
6864 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
6866 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
6867 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
6868 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
6869 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
6870 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
6871 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
6872 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
6873 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
6874 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
6875 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
6876 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
6877 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6878 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
6879 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
6881 None Leave the message as is. The
6882 message will be passed on even
6883 though it is in technically
6885 Add-To Add a To: header with any
6886 recipients that it can find from
6887 the envelope. This risks exposing
6889 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
6890 has almost no redeeming social value,
6891 and is provided only for back
6893 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
6894 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
6895 which will have the effect of
6896 making the message legal without
6897 exposing Bcc: recipients.
6898 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
6899 There is a chance that mailers down
6900 the line will delete this header,
6901 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
6903 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
6904 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
6905 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
6906 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
6907 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
6908 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
6909 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
6910 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
6911 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
6912 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
6913 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
6914 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
6915 For example, if you run with
6916 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
6917 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
6918 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
6919 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
6920 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
6921 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
6922 entries. For example, given the aliases:
6925 and an alias file declared as:
6926 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
6927 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
6928 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
6929 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6930 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
6931 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
6932 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
6934 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
6935 to be simpler and more consistent.
6936 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
6937 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
6938 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
6939 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6940 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
6941 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
6942 This may affect some people who have written their own
6943 checkcompat() routine.
6944 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
6945 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
6946 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
6947 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
6948 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
6949 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
6950 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
6951 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
6952 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
6953 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
6954 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
6956 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
6957 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
6958 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
6959 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
6960 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
6961 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
6962 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
6963 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
6964 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
6965 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
6966 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
6967 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
6968 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
6969 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6970 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
6971 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
6972 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
6973 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
6975 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6976 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
6977 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
6978 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
6979 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
6980 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
6981 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
6982 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
6983 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
6984 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
6985 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
6986 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
6987 is added between the first and second word of the first
6988 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
6989 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
6990 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
6991 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
6992 old sendmails understand.
6993 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
6994 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
6995 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
6996 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
6997 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
6998 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
6999 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7000 data -- for example,
7001 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7002 (romanized/less information)
7003 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7004 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7005 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7006 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7007 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7008 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7009 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7010 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7011 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7012 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7013 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
7014 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
7015 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7016 Eric Prestemon of American University.
7017 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7018 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7019 increment on the background value).
7020 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
7021 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
7022 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7023 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7024 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7025 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7026 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7027 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7028 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
7029 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7030 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7031 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7032 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
7033 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
7034 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7035 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7036 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
7037 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7038 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7039 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7040 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7041 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
7042 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7043 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7044 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7045 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7046 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7047 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7048 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7049 service type is "files".
7050 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
7051 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7053 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7054 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
7055 contributed by SunSoft.
7056 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7057 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
7058 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7059 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7060 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
7061 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7062 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
7063 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7064 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7065 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7066 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7067 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7068 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
7069 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7070 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7071 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7072 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7073 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7074 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7075 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
7076 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7077 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7078 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7079 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7080 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
7081 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7082 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7083 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7084 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7085 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7086 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
7087 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7088 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7089 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7091 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7092 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
7094 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7095 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7096 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7097 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
7099 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
7100 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7101 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7102 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7103 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7104 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7105 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7106 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7107 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
7108 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7109 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7110 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7111 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7113 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7114 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
7115 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7116 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7117 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7118 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7119 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7120 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7121 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
7122 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7123 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
7124 of Sun Microsystems.
7125 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
7126 is at least 50% faster.
7127 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7128 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7130 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7131 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7132 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7133 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
7134 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7135 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
7136 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7137 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
7138 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7139 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7140 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7141 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7142 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
7143 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7144 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7145 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7147 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7149 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7150 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7151 Global Information Solutions.
7152 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7153 From Motonori Nakamura.
7154 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
7156 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7157 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7158 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7159 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7160 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7161 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
7162 James of British Telecom.
7163 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
7164 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7165 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7166 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
7167 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7168 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7169 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
7170 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7171 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7172 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
7173 a bad guy can read your private files.
7175 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7176 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7177 University. This expands the disk size
7178 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7179 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7180 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7181 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7182 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7183 Linux Makefile typo.
7184 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7185 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7186 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7188 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
7189 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7190 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
7191 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7192 This requires adaptation of code that really
7193 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7194 addresses or nameserver fields.''
7195 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
7196 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7197 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7198 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7199 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7200 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7202 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7203 match all the other configuration files. Fix
7204 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7205 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
7206 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7207 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
7208 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7209 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7210 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7211 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
7213 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7214 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7215 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7216 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
7217 of Ohio State University.
7218 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7219 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7221 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
7222 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
7224 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7225 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7227 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7228 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7230 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7231 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7232 Rochester Medical Center.
7233 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7234 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7235 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7236 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7237 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7238 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7239 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7241 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7242 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7243 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7245 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7246 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7247 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7248 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7249 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7250 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7251 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7252 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7253 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7254 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7256 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7257 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7258 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7259 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7260 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7261 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7262 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7263 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7264 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7265 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7266 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7267 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7268 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7269 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7271 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7272 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7273 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
7274 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7275 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7276 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
7277 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7278 on the file, but it should be quite small.
7279 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
7280 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7281 giving the local administrator more control over what
7282 programs can be run from sendmail.
7283 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
7284 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7285 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7287 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7288 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7289 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7290 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7291 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7292 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
7293 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7294 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7295 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7296 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7297 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7298 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
7299 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7300 arbitrary directory -- use either:
7301 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7303 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7304 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7306 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7307 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7308 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7310 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7311 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7312 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7313 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7314 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7315 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7317 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7318 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7319 just unqualified ones.
7320 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7321 was never used and didn't work anyway.
7322 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7323 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7324 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7325 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7326 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
7327 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7329 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7330 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7331 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7332 this is expected to be another sendmail.
7333 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7334 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7335 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7336 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
7337 Rosenthal of Unicom.
7338 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7339 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
7340 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7341 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7342 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
7343 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7344 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7345 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7347 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
7348 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
7350 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
7351 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
7352 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
7353 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
7354 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
7355 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
7356 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
7357 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
7358 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
7359 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
7360 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7361 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
7362 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
7363 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7364 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
7365 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
7366 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
7367 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
7368 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
7369 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
7370 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
7371 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
7372 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
7373 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
7374 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
7375 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7376 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
7377 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7378 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7379 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7380 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7381 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
7382 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7384 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7385 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7386 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7387 Information Systems Agency.
7388 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7389 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7390 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7391 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7392 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7393 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7394 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
7395 that really can be used in the real world.
7396 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7397 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7398 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7399 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7400 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7401 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7402 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7403 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
7405 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
7406 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7407 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7408 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7410 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7411 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7412 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7413 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
7414 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7415 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7416 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7417 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7418 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7419 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
7420 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7421 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7422 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7423 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7424 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7425 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7426 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
7427 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7428 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7429 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
7430 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7431 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7432 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
7434 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7435 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7436 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7437 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7438 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7441 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7443 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7444 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7445 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7446 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7447 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7448 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7449 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7451 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7452 cf/domain/generic.m4
7453 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7454 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7455 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7457 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7458 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7462 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7463 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7464 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7465 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7470 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7473 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7474 mail.local/mail.local.0
7480 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7481 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7482 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7483 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7484 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7485 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7486 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7487 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7488 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7489 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7490 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7491 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7492 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7493 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7494 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7495 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7496 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7497 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7498 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7506 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7507 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7508 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7509 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7510 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7511 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7512 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7513 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7514 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7515 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7516 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7517 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7518 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7519 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7520 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7521 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7522 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7523 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7524 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7525 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7526 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7531 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7533 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7534 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7535 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7536 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7537 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7538 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7539 contrib/rcpt-streaming
7540 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7542 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
7543 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7544 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7545 any user (except root).
7546 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7547 version number is unchanged.
7549 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
7550 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7551 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
7552 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7553 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7554 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7556 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7557 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7560 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
7561 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7562 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7563 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7564 message when attempted from IDENT.
7565 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7566 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
7567 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
7568 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7569 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7570 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7572 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7573 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
7575 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7576 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
7577 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7578 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7579 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7580 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
7581 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7583 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7584 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
7586 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
7588 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7589 and Liudvikas Bukys.
7590 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7591 from Spider Boardman.
7592 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7595 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
7596 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7597 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7598 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7599 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7600 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7601 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
7603 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7604 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7605 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7606 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7607 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7608 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
7609 University of Texas.
7610 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7611 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7612 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7613 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7614 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7615 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7617 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7618 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
7619 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7620 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7621 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7622 with a lot of arguments).
7623 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7624 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7625 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7627 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7628 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7629 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7630 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7632 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7633 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7634 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
7635 some of the map code.
7636 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7639 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
7640 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7641 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7642 may have some security implications.
7643 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7644 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
7645 Hill of the University of Iowa.
7646 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
7647 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7648 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7649 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
7650 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7651 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7652 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7654 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7655 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7656 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
7657 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7658 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
7659 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7661 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7662 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
7663 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7664 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7665 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
7666 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7667 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7668 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
7669 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7670 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7671 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7672 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7673 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
7674 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
7675 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7676 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
7677 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7679 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7680 message to explain how much space was available and
7681 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
7682 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7683 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7684 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7685 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7686 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7687 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7688 moves things more towards what will probably become a
7689 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7691 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7692 without recompiling.
7693 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7694 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
7696 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7697 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7698 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
7699 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7700 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7701 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7702 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
7703 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7704 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7705 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7706 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7707 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
7709 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7710 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7711 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7712 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7713 refused" response, and that the connection can be
7714 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
7715 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7716 size around and can never start listening to connections
7717 again. The down side is that someone could start up
7718 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7719 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7720 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7721 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
7722 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7723 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7725 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7726 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
7727 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7728 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7729 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7730 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7731 doc directory. This includes some additional
7733 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7734 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
7735 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7736 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
7737 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7738 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7739 loop the mail, which was bad news.
7741 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7742 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7743 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7744 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7745 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7746 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7747 Newcastle upon Tyne.
7748 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7750 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7751 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7752 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7753 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7756 src/Makefile.NCR3000
7757 doc/changes/Makefile
7758 doc/changes/changes.me
7759 doc/changes/changes.ps
7761 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
7762 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7763 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
7764 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7766 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
7767 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7768 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
7769 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7772 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
7773 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7774 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7775 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7776 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7778 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7779 in the connection cache for a long time under some
7780 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
7781 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
7782 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
7783 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7784 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7785 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7786 from a local user to another local user. From
7787 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7788 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7789 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
7790 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7791 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7792 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7793 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7794 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7795 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7796 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7797 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7798 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7799 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7800 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7801 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
7802 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7803 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7804 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7806 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7808 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7809 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7810 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
7811 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
7812 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
7813 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
7814 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
7815 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
7817 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
7818 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
7819 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
7820 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
7822 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
7823 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
7824 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
7825 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
7826 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
7827 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
7828 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
7829 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
7830 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
7831 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
7832 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
7833 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
7834 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
7835 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
7836 security implications. Suggested by several people.
7837 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
7838 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
7839 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
7840 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
7842 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
7843 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
7844 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
7845 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
7846 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
7847 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
7848 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7849 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
7850 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
7851 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
7852 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
7853 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
7854 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
7855 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
7856 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
7857 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
7858 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
7859 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
7860 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
7861 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
7862 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7863 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
7864 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
7865 didn't see the class items being added.
7866 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
7867 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
7868 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
7870 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
7871 but sets h_errno to a success value.
7872 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
7873 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
7874 address specified in the P option). This fix should
7875 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
7876 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
7878 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
7879 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
7880 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
7881 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
7882 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
7883 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
7884 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
7886 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
7887 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
7888 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
7890 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
7891 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
7892 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
7893 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
7894 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
7896 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
7897 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
7898 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
7899 University of Washington.
7900 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
7901 don't have an ``=value'' part.
7902 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
7903 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
7904 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
7905 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
7906 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
7907 of Cambridge University.
7908 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
7909 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
7910 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
7911 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
7912 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
7913 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
7914 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
7915 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
7916 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
7917 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
7918 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
7919 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
7920 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
7921 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
7923 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
7924 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
7925 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
7926 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
7927 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
7928 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
7929 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
7930 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
7931 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
7932 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
7933 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
7934 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
7935 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
7936 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
7937 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
7938 size for various mailers.
7939 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
7940 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
7941 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
7942 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
7943 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
7944 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
7945 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
7946 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
7947 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
7949 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
7950 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
7951 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
7952 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
7953 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
7954 Michel of Thomson CSF.
7955 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
7956 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
7957 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
7958 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
7959 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
7960 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
7961 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
7962 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
7963 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
7964 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
7965 University of Sydney.
7966 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
7967 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
7968 This is because of the known bug where definition of
7969 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
7970 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
7971 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
7972 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
7973 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
7974 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
7976 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
7977 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
7978 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
7979 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
7980 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
7983 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
7984 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7985 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
7986 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
7987 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
7988 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7989 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
7990 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
7991 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
7993 src/Makefile.DomainOS
7995 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
7996 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
7997 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7999 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8004 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
8005 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8006 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
8007 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8008 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8009 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
8010 permissions they should not have had (usually group
8011 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
8012 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8013 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8014 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8015 Although this does not respond to a specific known
8016 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
8017 Christian Wettergren.
8018 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8019 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8020 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8021 program by putting that in their .forward file.
8022 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8023 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8024 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
8025 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
8026 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8027 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8028 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8029 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8030 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8031 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8032 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8033 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
8034 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8035 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8036 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8037 connection to create problems on the current job.
8038 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8040 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8041 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8042 problem that ignored the load average in locally
8043 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
8044 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
8045 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8046 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8047 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8048 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8049 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8050 when sending error messages. This resulted in
8051 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
8052 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
8053 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8054 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8055 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
8056 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8057 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8058 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8059 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
8060 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8061 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8062 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8063 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8064 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
8066 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8067 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8068 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8069 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8070 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8071 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
8072 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8073 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8074 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
8075 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8076 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8077 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8078 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8079 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
8080 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8081 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8082 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8083 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8084 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8085 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8086 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8087 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8089 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8090 of from a clean exit.
8091 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8092 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8093 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8094 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8095 as the subject of an error message, even though the
8096 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8097 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8098 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
8100 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8101 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
8102 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
8103 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8104 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8105 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8106 says that they should be ignored.
8107 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8108 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8109 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
8110 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8112 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8113 documented in the Bat Book.
8114 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8115 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8116 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8117 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8118 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8119 code during some parts of connection initialization.
8120 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8121 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8122 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
8123 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8124 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8125 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8126 of Kyoto University.
8127 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8128 From P{r Emanuelsson.
8129 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8130 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8131 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
8133 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8134 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8135 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8136 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
8138 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8139 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8140 illegal addresses appearing there).
8141 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8143 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8145 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
8146 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8147 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8148 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8149 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
8150 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8151 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8152 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8153 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8154 by the other end closing the connection. From
8155 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8156 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8157 to include a host name or other useful information.
8158 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
8160 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8161 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8162 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8163 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
8164 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8165 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8166 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8167 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8168 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8170 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8171 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8172 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8173 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8174 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8175 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8176 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
8177 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8178 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8179 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8180 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8181 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8182 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
8183 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8184 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8185 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8186 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8187 of the Institute for Global Communications.
8188 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8189 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
8190 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8191 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8192 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8193 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8194 Portability fixes for:
8195 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8196 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8197 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8198 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8199 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8200 of Stoner Associates.
8201 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8202 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8203 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8205 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8206 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8207 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8208 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8209 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8211 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8213 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8214 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8215 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
8216 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8217 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8218 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8219 since this is intended only for internal use, the
8220 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
8221 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8222 addresses when relaying internally.
8223 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8224 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
8225 provided by Peter Wemm.
8226 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8227 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
8228 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8229 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8230 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8231 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8232 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8233 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8235 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8236 rather than letting them get "local configuration
8237 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8238 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8239 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8240 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
8241 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8242 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8243 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8244 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8245 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8246 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8247 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8248 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8249 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
8251 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
8252 Jim Murray of Stratus.
8253 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8254 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
8255 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8256 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8257 the local name prepended.
8258 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8259 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8260 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8261 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
8262 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8263 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
8264 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8265 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8266 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8267 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8268 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8269 :include: files and accounts that have shells
8270 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
8271 cause some .forward files that have worked
8272 before to start failing.
8273 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8277 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8278 src/Makefile.Mach386
8285 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8287 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8289 makemap/Makefile.dist
8290 praliases/Makefile.dist
8292 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
8293 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8294 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8295 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8296 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
8297 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8299 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8300 in a few critical places.
8301 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8302 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
8303 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
8304 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8305 and High-Energy Physics.
8306 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8307 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
8309 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8310 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8311 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
8313 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8314 really become relevant in the next release, but some
8315 people need it for local patches. From Michael
8316 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8317 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8318 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8319 these can have different values depending on which
8320 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
8321 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8322 what uid/gid processes ran as.
8323 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8324 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8325 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8327 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8328 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8329 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8330 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8331 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
8333 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8334 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8335 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
8336 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8337 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
8338 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
8340 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
8341 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8342 addresses that get return-receipts.
8343 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8344 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8345 and end up sending the message several times.
8346 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8347 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
8349 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
8350 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
8351 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
8352 Cornell University Medical College.
8353 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
8354 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
8355 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
8356 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
8358 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
8359 connections fail during message collection. From
8361 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
8362 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
8363 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
8365 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
8366 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
8367 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8368 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
8369 by non-root users were not put into
8370 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
8371 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
8372 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
8373 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
8374 could get confused as to whether a database was
8376 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8377 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8378 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
8379 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8380 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8381 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8382 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8383 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8384 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8386 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
8387 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8388 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8389 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8390 propagated to the queue file.
8393 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8394 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8395 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8396 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8397 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8398 header files but don't have the syscall.
8399 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8401 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8402 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8403 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8404 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8405 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8406 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8407 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8408 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8409 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8410 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8411 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8412 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8413 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8414 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
8416 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8417 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
8419 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8420 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8421 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8422 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8423 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
8424 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8425 files that you should be able to read but have previously
8426 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8428 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8429 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8430 MX suppression will still work.
8431 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8432 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
8433 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8434 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8435 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8436 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
8438 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8440 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8441 trying to send the original message if the connection
8442 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8443 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
8444 by John Myers of CMU.
8445 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8447 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8448 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8449 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8450 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
8451 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8452 queue interval. This is an important fix.
8453 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8454 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8455 ruleset testing a bit easier.
8456 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8457 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8459 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8460 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
8461 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
8462 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8464 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8465 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8466 Harvey Mudd College.
8467 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8468 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
8469 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8470 their full name information.
8471 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8472 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8473 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
8474 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8475 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8476 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8477 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8478 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8479 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8480 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8481 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
8482 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8483 PC TCP/IP implementations.
8484 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8485 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
8486 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
8487 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8489 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8490 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8492 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8493 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
8494 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
8495 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8496 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8497 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8498 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8499 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8500 that claims to be itself works properly.
8501 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8502 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8503 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8504 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8505 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8506 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
8507 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8508 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8509 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8510 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8511 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8513 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8514 true address to still send to the original address
8515 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8516 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8517 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8518 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
8519 more trouble than it was worth.
8520 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8521 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
8522 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8523 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
8524 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8525 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8526 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8528 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8529 messages don't come out with stale information.
8530 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8531 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8532 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8533 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
8535 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8536 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
8538 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8539 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
8541 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8542 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8543 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8544 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8545 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8546 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8547 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8548 that does bulk data transfer).
8549 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
8551 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
8552 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8553 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8554 bogus config files that were not caught.
8555 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8556 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8557 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8558 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8559 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8560 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8561 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8562 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8563 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8564 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8565 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8566 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8567 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8568 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8569 opened or if running with no database format defined.
8570 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8571 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8572 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8573 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
8574 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8576 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8577 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8578 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
8579 to match regular entries.
8580 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8581 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8582 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8583 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8584 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8585 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8586 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8587 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8588 error message so that the "subject" line of return
8589 messages is the best possible.
8590 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8591 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8592 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8593 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8594 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8595 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8596 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8597 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8598 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8599 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8600 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
8601 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8603 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8604 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8605 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8606 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8607 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8608 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8609 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8610 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8611 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8612 addresses in any detail.
8613 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8614 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8615 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8616 with an address such as "!foo".
8617 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8618 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
8619 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8620 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
8624 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8625 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8626 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8627 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8628 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8629 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
8630 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8631 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8632 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
8634 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8635 are no DNS records matching the name.
8636 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8637 original message was received ... from localhost".
8638 The correct original host information is now included.
8639 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8640 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
8641 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
8642 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8643 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8644 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8645 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8646 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8647 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
8648 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8649 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
8650 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8651 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8654 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
8655 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8656 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8657 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8658 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
8659 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8660 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8661 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8662 are really configuration errors. This option is
8663 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8665 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8666 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
8667 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8668 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8669 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
8671 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8672 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8673 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
8674 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8675 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
8676 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8677 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8678 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8679 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
8680 of dickering with error handling (see below).
8681 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
8682 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8684 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8685 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
8686 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8688 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8689 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
8690 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8691 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
8692 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8693 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
8694 connection rather than sending QUIT.
8695 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8696 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8697 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
8698 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8699 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8700 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8701 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8702 core dumps on some machines.
8703 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8704 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8705 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8706 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8707 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8708 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
8709 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8710 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8711 some true error conditions.
8712 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8713 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
8714 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8715 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8716 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8717 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
8718 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
8719 by Motonori Nakamura.
8720 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8721 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
8722 caused error messages to be handled differently during
8723 a queue run than a direct run.
8724 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8725 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8726 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8727 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8728 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8729 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8730 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8732 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8733 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
8734 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8735 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8736 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8737 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
8738 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8739 is appropriately functional.
8740 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8741 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8742 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
8743 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8744 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8745 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8746 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8747 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8749 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8750 process group id. The original fix was to get around
8751 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8752 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8753 different from the process id. I could try to fix
8754 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8755 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8757 Portability changes:
8758 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8759 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8760 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
8761 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8763 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
8764 help other strict ANSI compilers.
8765 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8767 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8768 documentation apparently doesn't define
8769 __STDC__ by default).
8770 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8771 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8773 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8774 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8775 several people have made a good argument that this
8776 creates more problems than it solves (although this
8777 may prove painful in the short run).
8778 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8780 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8781 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8782 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8783 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8784 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8785 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8786 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8787 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8788 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8789 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8790 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8791 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8792 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8793 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8794 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8795 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8796 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8797 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
8798 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8799 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
8800 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8801 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8802 environments. Ugly as sin.
8805 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8806 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8807 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
8808 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8809 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8810 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
8811 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
8812 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
8813 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
8814 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
8815 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
8817 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
8819 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
8820 compatibility library. This also adds a new
8821 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
8822 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
8823 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
8824 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
8825 for quick test cases.
8826 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
8827 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
8828 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
8829 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
8830 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
8831 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
8832 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
8833 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
8834 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
8835 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
8836 From Michael Corrigan.
8837 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
8838 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
8839 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8840 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
8841 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
8842 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
8843 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
8844 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
8845 Christophe Wolfhugel.
8846 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
8849 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
8850 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
8851 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
8852 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
8853 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
8854 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
8855 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
8856 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
8858 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
8859 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
8860 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
8861 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
8862 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
8863 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
8864 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
8865 match the other flags in that file.
8866 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
8867 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
8868 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
8869 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
8870 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
8871 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
8872 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
8873 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
8874 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
8875 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
8876 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
8877 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
8878 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
8879 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8880 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
8881 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
8882 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
8883 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
8884 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
8885 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
8886 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
8887 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
8888 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
8889 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
8890 the root and directories leading up to your home);
8891 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
8893 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
8894 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
8895 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
8896 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
8897 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
8898 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
8899 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
8900 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
8901 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
8902 is separate; this is just intended to work around
8903 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
8904 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
8905 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
8906 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
8907 matching without a null it never tries again with a
8908 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
8909 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
8910 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
8911 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
8912 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
8913 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
8915 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
8916 will insert the appropriate full name information;
8917 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
8919 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
8920 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
8921 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
8922 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
8923 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
8924 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
8925 only happen when there has been another error in the
8926 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
8927 by default in conf.h.
8928 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
8929 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
8930 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
8931 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
8932 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
8933 This output is not intended to be particularly human
8934 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
8935 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
8936 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
8937 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
8938 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
8939 See cf/README for an example.
8940 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
8941 sites that don't use the -d flag.
8942 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
8943 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
8944 has been requested by several people, but can break
8945 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
8946 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
8947 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
8948 broken. Use it sparingly.
8949 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
8950 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
8951 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
8952 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
8953 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
8954 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
8955 Bill Wisner of The Well.
8956 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
8957 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
8958 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
8960 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
8961 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
8962 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
8963 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
8964 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
8965 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
8966 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
8968 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
8969 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
8970 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
8971 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
8973 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
8974 Another mailertable fix....
8977 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.